doc/ChangeLog:
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 222@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
572the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
56caf160 607@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
608To make this work, you need to define a macro called
609@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
663For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
664watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
665whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
666watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
667returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
668description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
669primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
670watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
671that address.
672
9742079a
EZ
673@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
674watchpoints:
675
676@table @code
677@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
679If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
680
681@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
682@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
683Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
684possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
685of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
686not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
687number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
688is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
689are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
690the same time).
691
692@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
694Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
695whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
696
b6b8ece6 697@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
698@findex target_insert_watchpoint
699@findex target_remove_watchpoint
700@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
702Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
703@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
704possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
705defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
706
474c8240 707@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
708 enum target_hw_bp_type
709 @{
710 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
711 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
712 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
713 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
714 @};
474c8240 715@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
716
717@noindent
718These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
719
9742079a 720@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
721@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
722If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
723associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
724@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
725this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
726data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
727support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
728primitives.
9742079a 729
9742079a
EZ
730@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
732If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
733watchpoint to step over it.
734
735@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
737If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
744
745@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
747If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
748watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
749
750@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
751@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
752Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
753the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
754Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
755the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
756type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
757target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
758the @var{wait_status} argument.
759
760@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
761@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
762determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
763it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
764@end table
765
766@subsection x86 Watchpoints
767@cindex x86 debug registers
768@cindex watchpoints, on x86
769
770The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
771registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
772generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
773support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
774subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
775
776To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
777following:
778
779@itemize @bullet
780@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
781@item
782Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
783target-dependent headers.
784
785@item
786Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
787defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
788
789@item
790Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
791@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
792@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
793
794@item
795Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
796below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
797which does the real work.
798@end itemize
799
800The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
801debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
802real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
803provide:
804
805@table @code
806@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
807@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
808Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
809
810@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
811@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
812Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
813
814@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
815@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
816Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
817number @var{idx}.
818
819@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
821Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
822used immediately after it is returned by
823@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
824register values.
825@end table
826
827For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
828that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
829to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
830allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
831expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
832wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
833maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
834anything to use this feature.
835
836The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
837bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
838be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
839region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
840@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
841bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
842a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
843region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
844
845The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
846@value{GDBN}'s application code:
847
848@table @code
849@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
850@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
851The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
852this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
853watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
854less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
855processors.
856
857@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
858@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
859The target function
860@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
861This
9742079a
EZ
862function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
863Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
864macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
865set in DR6.
866
ac77d04f
JJ
867@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
868@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
869The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
870is set to call this function. The
871argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
872function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
873Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
874macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
875returned.
876
9742079a
EZ
877@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
878@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
879@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
881Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
882@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
883are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
884looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
885region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
886reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
887register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
888the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
889value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
890register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
891and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
892inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
893@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
894required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
895each debug register.
896
897@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
898in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
899length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
900values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
901@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
902watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
903decrements the reference count, and only calls
904@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
905the count goes to zero.
906
907@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
908@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
909@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
910@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
911These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
912macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
913@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
914The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
915the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
916These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
917@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
918the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
919hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
920register.
921
922@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
923@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
924This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
925hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 926@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
927address whose watchpoint triggered.
928
929@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
930@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
931This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
932bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
933the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
934@end table
935
936@noindent
937@strong{Notes:}
938@enumerate 1
939@item
940x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
941However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
942@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
943watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
944on x86.
945
946@item
947x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
948only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
949there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
950whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
951current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
952always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
953watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
954unavailable in many platforms.
955@end enumerate
956
5c95884b
MS
957@section Checkpoints
958@cindex checkpoints
959@cindex restart
960In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
961the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
962
963Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
964whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
965state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
966registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
967of open files and devices.
968
969There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 970in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
971method implemented on the target side.
972
973A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
974state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
975not typically include information about external entities such as
976open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
977
978A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
979as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
980is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
981be used on other systems.
982
b247355e 983Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
984method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
985advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
986details of how it is done.
987
988
bcd7e15f
JB
989@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
990@cindex observer pattern interface
991@cindex notifications about changes in internals
992
993In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
994some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
995modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
996hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
997versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
998@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
999a strong limitation.
1000
1001A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1002Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1003a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1004previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1005easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1006interface when adding new notifications.
1007
1008See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1009currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1010implementation is also briefly discussed.
1011
c906108c
SS
1012@node User Interface
1013
1014@chapter User Interface
1015
25822942 1016@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1017is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1018
1019@section Command Interpreter
1020
56caf160 1021@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1022@cindex CLI
25822942 1023The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1024allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1025has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1026a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1027
56caf160
EZ
1028For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1029@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1030to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1031
56caf160
EZ
1032@findex add_cmd
1033@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1034To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1035the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1036place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1037the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1038
40dd2248
TT
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd
1040@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1041To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1042@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1043a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1044further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1045the new command structures for manipulation.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047@cindex deprecating commands
1048@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1049Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1050deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1051aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1052@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1053return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1054command immediately after it is created.
1055
c72e7388 1056The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1057replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1058@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1059entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1060
0ee54786
EZ
1061@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1062@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1063@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1064
1065@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1066The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1067@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1068interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1069from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1070every UI, to produce output.
1071
1072@subsection Overview and Terminology
1073
1074In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1075of output, and can even generate an input request.
1076
1077Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1078
1079@itemize @bullet
1080@item
1081to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1082
1083@item
1084to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1085operation;
1086
1087@item
1088to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1089progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1090
1091@item
1092to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1093
1094@item
1095to show @emph{debug data};
1096
1097@item
1098to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1099@end itemize
1100
1101@noindent
1102This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1103although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1104
1105Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1106involves one or more of the following:
1107
1108@itemize @bullet
1109@item
1110output of the actual data
1111
1112@item
1113formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1114easily readable by humans
1115
1116@item
1117machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1118parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1119
1120@item
c72e7388
AC
1121annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1122parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1123@end itemize
1124
1125The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1126Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1127of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1128deprecated.
1129
c72e7388
AC
1130Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1131a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1132non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1133header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1134
c72e7388
AC
1135@table @code
1136@item <table> @expansion{}
1137@code{<header> <body>}
1138@item <header> @expansion{}
1139@code{@{ <column> @}}
1140@item <column> @expansion{}
1141@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1142@item <body> @expansion{}
1143@code{@{<row>@}}
1144@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1145
1146
1147@subsection General Conventions
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1150@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1151object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1152
c72e7388
AC
1153The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1154to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1155
c72e7388
AC
1156The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1157When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1158sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1159format.
1160
c72e7388
AC
1161When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1162call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1163
1164
c72e7388 1165@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1166
1167@cindex list output functions
1168@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1169@cindex tuple output functions
1170This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1171tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1172(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1173
c72e7388
AC
1174To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1175containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1176fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1177
c72e7388
AC
1178Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1179rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1180even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1181
1182@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1183Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1184maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1187
474c8240 1188@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1189 ui_out_table_begin
1190 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1191 @dots{}
0ee54786 1192 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1193 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1194 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1195 @dots{}
1196 ui_out_tuple_end
1197 @dots{}
0ee54786 1198 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1199@end smallexample
0ee54786 1200
c72e7388 1201Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1202functions:
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1205The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1206of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1207function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1208the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1209@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1210pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1211@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1212was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1215the end of the table's output.
1216@end deftypefun
1217
c72e7388
AC
1218@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1219@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1220table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1221column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1222@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1223
1224The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1225value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1226@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1227center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1228specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1229column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1230call.
0ee54786
EZ
1231@end deftypefun
1232
1233@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1234This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1235@end deftypefun
1236
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1238This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1239after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1240functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1243call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1244will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1245@end deftypefun
1246
c72e7388 1247The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1248call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1249@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1250@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1251calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1252
c72e7388
AC
1253@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1254This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1255to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1256implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1257after the call.
1258@end deftypefun
1259
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1261This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1262one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1263@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1264be signaled.
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1268This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1269(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1270and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1271cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1272@smallexample
1273struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1274ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1275old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1276 uiout);
1277@end smallexample
1278@end deftypefun
1279
1280@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1281This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1282an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1283implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1284after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1285@end deftypefun
1286
1287@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1288This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1289one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1290@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1291be signaled.
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1295Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1296opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1297that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@subsection Item Output Functions
1301
1302@cindex item output functions
1303@cindex field output functions
1304@cindex data output
1305The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1306items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1307
1308Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1311This is the most general output function. It produces the
1312representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1313according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1314@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1315supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1316supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1317
1318This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1319use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1320@end deftypefun
1321
c72e7388 1322@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1323This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1324@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1325the name of the field.
1326@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1329This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1330@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1331@var{fldname} specifies
1332the name of the field.
1333@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1334
c72e7388 1335@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1336This function outputs an address.
1337@end deftypefun
1338
c72e7388 1339@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1340This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1341specification.
1342@end deftypefun
1343
1344Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1345functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1346@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1347the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1348used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1349of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1350@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1351you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1352@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1353@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1354and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1355constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1356you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1357@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1358
1359@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1360This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1361same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1362passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1363@code{ui_stream} object.
1364@end deftypefun
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1367This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1368@var{streambuf}.
1369@end deftypefun
1370
c72e7388 1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1372This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1373@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1374@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1375@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1376the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1377@end deftypefun
1378
1379@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1380out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1381@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1382cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1383skeleton code to do that:
1384
1385@smallexample
1386 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1387 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1388 ...
1389 do_cleanups (old);
1390@end smallexample
1391
1392If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1393of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1394
1395@smallexample
1396 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1397 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1398@end smallexample
1399
1400Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1401@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1402same buffer twice.
1403
1404@subsection Utility Output Functions
1405
c72e7388 1406@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1407This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1408an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1409@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1414easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1415this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1416from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1417
1418Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1419the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1420to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1421string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1422output short messages.
1423@end deftypefun
1424
1425@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1426This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1427text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1428list.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1433verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1434current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1435verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1436setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1437as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1438argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1439@end deftypefun
1440
1441@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1442This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1443of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1444output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1445be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1446accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1447explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1448@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1449@end deftypefun
1450
1451@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1452This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1453the UI buffers output.
1454@end deftypefun
1455
1456
1457@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1458
1459@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1460@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1461This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1462functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1463@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1464@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1465
1466This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1467produce a table.
1468
1469The original code was:
1470
474c8240 1471@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1472 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1473 @{
1474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1475
1476 annotate_field (0);
1477 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1478 annotate_field (1);
1479 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1480 annotate_field (2);
1481 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1482 annotate_field (3);
1483 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1484 if (addressprint)
1485 @{
1486 annotate_field (4);
1487 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1488 @}
1489 annotate_field (5);
1490 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1491
1492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1493 @}
474c8240 1494@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1495
1496Here's the new version:
1497
474c8240 1498@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1499 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1500
1501 if (addressprint)
1502 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1503 else
1504 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1505
1506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1512 annotate_field (1);
1513 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1515 annotate_field (2);
1516 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1518 annotate_field (3);
1519 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 @{
1522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1523 annotate_field (4);
1524 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1526 else
c72e7388
AC
1527 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1528 @}
1529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1530 annotate_field (5);
1531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1532 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1535@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1536
1537This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1538to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1539in the above example. The original code was:
1540
474c8240 1541@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1542 annotate_record ();
1543 annotate_field (0);
1544 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1547 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1548 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1549 (int)b->type);
1550 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1551 annotate_field (2);
1552 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1553 annotate_field (3);
1554 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1555 @dots{}
474c8240 1556@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1557
1558This is the new version:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786 1561 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1562 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1563 annotate_field (0);
1564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1565 annotate_field (1);
1566 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1568 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1569 (int) b->type);
1570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1573 annotate_field (3);
1574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1575 @dots{}
474c8240 1576@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1577
1578This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1579produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1580functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1581automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1582
474c8240 1583@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1584 annotate_field (5);
1585 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588The new version is:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1591 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1592 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1593 ...
1594 annotate_field (5);
1595 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1596 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1597@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598
1599This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1600@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1601was:
1602
474c8240 1603@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604 annotate_field (5);
1605 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1606 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1607 else
1608 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611It became:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1616 @{
1617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1618 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1619 @}
1620 else
1621 @{
1622 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1624 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1625 @}
474c8240 1626@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1627
1628The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1629use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1630code was:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1635 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1636@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637
1638It became:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1643 @{
1644 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1651code was:
1652
474c8240 1653@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654 annotate_field (5);
1655 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1656 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1657@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1658
1659It became:
1660
474c8240 1661@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1664 @{
1665 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1668 @}
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (4);
1675 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1676 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (4);
1683 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1684@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1685
1686
c906108c
SS
1687@section Console Printing
1688
1689@section TUI
1690
89437448 1691@node libgdb
c906108c 1692
89437448
AC
1693@chapter libgdb
1694
1695@section libgdb 1.0
1696@cindex @code{libgdb}
1697@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1698to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1699
1700@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1701@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1702@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1703better able to support graphical and other environments.
1704
1705Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1706evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1707
1708@itemize @bullet
1709@item
1710Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1711@item
1712Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1713@item
1714Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1715@item
1716Library - @file{gdb.h}
1717@end itemize
1718
1719The model that ties these components together is described below.
1720
1721@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1722
1723A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1724
1725@itemize @bullet
1726@item
1727As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1728@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1729state, etc).
1730@item
1731As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1732obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1733@end itemize
1734
c1468174 1735Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1736the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1737controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1738@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1739before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1740
1741@section CLI support
1742
1743At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1744@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1745their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1746requirements.
1747
1748It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1749(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1750out the theory:
1751
1752@itemize @bullet
1753@item
1754The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1755@item
1756The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1757versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1758@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1759@item
1760The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1761used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1762@end itemize
1763
1764When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1765along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1766the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1767through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1768At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1769virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1770
1771The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1772@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1773client's custom builder).
1774
1775@section @code{libgdb} components
1776
1777@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1778@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1779be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1780observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1781the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1782finished the current command.
1783
1784@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1785@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1786create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1787when doing any queries.
1788
1789@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1790@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1791@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1792loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1793implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1794
1795The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1796@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1797instead of returning.
1798
1799@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1800@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1801the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1802builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1803before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1804
1805@node Symbol Handling
1806
1807@chapter Symbol Handling
1808
25822942 1809Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1810functions, and types.
1811
1812@section Symbol Reading
1813
56caf160
EZ
1814@cindex symbol reading
1815@cindex reading of symbols
1816@cindex symbol files
1817@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1818file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1819debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1820symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1821more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1822reading symbols from shared libraries.
1823
1824@findex find_sym_fns
1825Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1826the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1827of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1828this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1829
1830@findex add_symtab_fns
1831@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1832@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1833Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1834@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1835to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1836name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1837and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1838times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1839prefix.
1840
1841The functions supplied by each module are:
1842
1843@table @code
1844@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1847Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1848symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1849resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1850read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1851might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1852whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1853
1854The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1855@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1856new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1857and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1858information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1859in the @code{private} field.
1860
1861There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1862@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1863
1864@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1865
1866Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1867This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1868state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1869@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1870arguments and no result. It may be called after
1871@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1872may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1873
1874@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1875
1876Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1877symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1878
56caf160 1879@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1880@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1881the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1882address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1883table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1884or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1885@end table
1886
1887In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1888@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1889to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1890from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1891
1892@table @code
1893@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1894
56caf160 1895Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1896the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1897pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1898symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1899@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1900zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1901@end table
1902
1903@section Partial Symbol Tables
1904
56caf160 1905@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1906
1907@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1908@cindex full symbol table
1909@cindex symtabs
1910@item
1911Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1912information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1913
56caf160
EZ
1914@cindex psymtabs
1915@item
1916Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1917information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1918symbol table.
1919
56caf160
EZ
1920@cindex minimal symbol table
1921@cindex minsymtabs
1922@item
1923Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1924gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1925@end itemize
1926
56caf160 1927@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1928This section describes partial symbol tables.
1929
1930A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1931file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1932extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1933need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1934information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1935quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1936pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1937the user.
1938@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1939
1940The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1941visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1942that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1943types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1944
1945The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1946full symbol table would represent.
1947
56caf160
EZ
1948@cindex finding a symbol
1949@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1950The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1951code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1952
1953@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1954@findex find_pc_function
1955@findex find_pc_line
1956@item
c1468174 1957By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1958function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1959range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1960@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1961@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex lookup_symbol
1964@item
1965By its name
c1468174 1966(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1967function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1968psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1969have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1970case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1971qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1972local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1973does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1974@end itemize
1975
1976The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1977at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1978while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1979psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1980them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1981either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1982name.
1983
56caf160
EZ
1984It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1985been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1986in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1987all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1988ranges.
c906108c 1989
56caf160 1990The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1991thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1992be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1993bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1994and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1995on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1996unless you want to do a lot more work.
1997
1998@section Types
1999
56caf160 2000@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2001
56caf160 2002@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2003These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2004types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2005into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2006that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2007knows about.
c906108c 2008
56caf160 2009@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2010
56caf160
EZ
2011@cindex type codes
2012Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2013of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2014@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2015which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2016types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2017other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2018or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2019
56caf160 2020@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2021
2022These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2023fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2024use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2025eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2026initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2027@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2028an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2029@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2030only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2031@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2032some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2033
2034@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2035@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2036
2037@subsection a.out
2038
56caf160
EZ
2039@cindex @code{a.out} format
2040The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2041consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2042which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2043respectively.
c906108c 2044
56caf160 2045The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2046place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2047@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2048format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2049symbols with distinctive attributes.
2050
56caf160 2051The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@subsection COFF
2054
56caf160 2055@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2056The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2057COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2058number of sections is limited.
2059
2060The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2061was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2062instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2063included file.
2064
2065The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2066
2067@subsection ECOFF
2068
56caf160 2069@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2070ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2071workstations.
2072
2073The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2074
2075@subsection XCOFF
2076
56caf160 2077@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2078The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2079The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2080symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2081@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2082information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2083
2084The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2085shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2086refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2087relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2088using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2089been run (or the core file has been read).
2090
2091@subsection PE
2092
56caf160
EZ
2093@cindex PE-COFF format
2094Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2095executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2096
25822942 2097While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2098COFF reader.
2099
2100@subsection ELF
2101
56caf160 2102@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2103The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2104to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2105many of COFF's limitations.
2106
2107The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2108
2109@subsection SOM
2110
56caf160 2111@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2112SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2113SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2114
1a92f856 2115The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2116
c906108c
SS
2117@section Debugging File Formats
2118
2119This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2120are independent of the object file format.
2121
2122@subsection stabs
2123
56caf160 2124@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2125@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2126format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2127formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2128
2129While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2130including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2131the real work.
2132
2133@subsection COFF
2134
56caf160 2135@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2136The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2137of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2138
2139@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2142ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2143
2144The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2145
c906108c
SS
2146@subsection DWARF 2
2147
56caf160 2148@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2149DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2150
2151The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2152
2153@subsection SOM
2154
56caf160 2155@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2156Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2157
25822942 2158@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2159
56caf160
EZ
2160@cindex adding debugging info reader
2161If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2162there is probably little to be done.
2163
2164If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2165BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2166
2167You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2168debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2169from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2170information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2171internal data structures.
2172
2173For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2174to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2175platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2176will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2177directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2178@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2179
c91d38aa
DJ
2180@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2181
2182Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2183its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2184namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2185
2186Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2187released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2188objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2189they could be unloaded at different times.
2190
2191User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2192these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2193is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2194the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2195
c906108c
SS
2196
2197@node Language Support
2198
2199@chapter Language Support
2200
56caf160
EZ
2201@cindex language support
2202@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2203although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2204manually.
c906108c 2205
56caf160
EZ
2206@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2207of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2208means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2209identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2210
25822942 2211@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2212
56caf160
EZ
2213@cindex adding source language
2214To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2215following steps:
c906108c
SS
2216
2217@table @emph
2218@item Create the expression parser.
2219
56caf160 2220@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2221This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2222building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2223@file{parse.c}.
2224
56caf160 2225@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2226Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2227parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2228@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2229various parsers from defining the same global names:
2230
474c8240 2231@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2232#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2233#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2234#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2235#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2236#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2237#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2238#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2239#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2240#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2241#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2242#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2243#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2244#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2245#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2246#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2247#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2248@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2249
2250At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2251initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2252@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2253@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2254that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2255and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2256@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2257language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2258for more information.
2259
2260@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2261
56caf160
EZ
2262@cindex expression evaluation routines
2263@findex evaluate_subexp
2264@findex prefixify_subexp
2265@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2266If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2267add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2268code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2269defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2270for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2271@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2272the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2273
2274@item Update some existing code
2275
2276Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2277@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2278
2279Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2280These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2281are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2282statement, an error is reported.
2283
56caf160 2284@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2285Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2286@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2287@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2288string.
2289
56caf160 2290@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2291Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2292language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2293dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2294
56caf160 2295@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2296Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2297code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2298This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2299Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2300file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2301information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2302code.
2303
56caf160
EZ
2304@findex print_subexp
2305@findex op_print_tab
2306Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2307expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2308printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2309
2310@item Add a place of call
2311
56caf160 2312@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2313Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2314@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2315
2316@item Use macros to trim code
2317
56caf160 2318@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2319The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2320languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2321@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2322macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2323leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2324using your language.
2325
25822942 2326Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2327is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2328compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2329
56caf160
EZ
2330See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2331for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2332
2333@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2334
2335Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2336variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2337not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2338distribution!
c906108c
SS
2339@end table
2340
2341
2342@node Host Definition
2343
2344@chapter Host Definition
2345
56caf160 2346With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2347definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2348mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2349
2350@section Adding a New Host
2351
56caf160
EZ
2352@cindex adding a new host
2353@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2354@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2355New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2356@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2357below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2358eventually disappear.
c906108c 2359
c906108c 2360@table @file
c906108c 2361@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2362This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2363(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2364configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2365
2366Host configuration information included a definition of
2367@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2368@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2369@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2370
7fd60527
AC
2371New host only configurations do not need this file.
2372
c906108c 2373@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2374This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2375gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2376handled by Autoconf.
2377
2378New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2379
2380@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2381file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2382@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2383also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2384
c906108c
SS
2385@end table
2386
2387@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2388
56caf160 2389@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2390There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2391various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2392defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2393the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2394@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2395
2396Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2397to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2398Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2399into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2400
2401@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2402@cindex remote debugging support
2403@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2404@item ser-unix.c
2405This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2406included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2407variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2408
2409@item ser-go32.c
2410This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2411using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2412
56caf160 2413@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2414@item ser-tcp.c
2415This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2416@end table
2417
2418@section Host Conditionals
2419
56caf160
EZ
2420When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2421defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2422attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2423the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2424they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2425
56caf160 2426@ftable @code
25822942 2427@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2428The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2429@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2430
cce74817
JM
2431@item NO_STD_REGS
2432This macro is deprecated.
2433
c906108c
SS
2434@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2435If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2436of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2437
2438@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2439Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2440the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2441
2442@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2443@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2444Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2445@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2446@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2447on several different types of systems.
2448
2449@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2450@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2451Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2452line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2453characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2454which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2455mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2456
2457@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2458@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2459The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2460
2461@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2462@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2463The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2464
c906108c
SS
2465@item FOPEN_RB
2466Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2467
c906108c 2468@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2469@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2470In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2471tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2472
c906108c
SS
2473@item HAVE_TERMIO
2474Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2475
c906108c 2476@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2477@itemx INT_MIN
2478@itemx LONG_MAX
2479@itemx UINT_MAX
2480@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2481Values for host-side constants.
2482
2483@item ISATTY
2484Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2485
2486@item LONGEST
2487This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2488it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2489@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2490
2491@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2492@cindex @code{long long} data type
2493Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2494by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2495
2496@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2497Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2498the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2499@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2500
2501@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2502Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2503set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2506Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2507numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2508set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2509
2510@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2511Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2512float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2513@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2514
2515@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2516Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2517@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2518is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2519
2520@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2521This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2522@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2523which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2524
c906108c
SS
2525@item NORETURN
2526If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2527that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2528indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2529if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2530
2531@item ATTR_NORETURN
2532If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2533@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2534of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2535set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2536defined.
2537
c906108c 2538@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2539@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2540Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2541defined.
2542
2543@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2544This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2545@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2546
c906108c
SS
2547@item USG
2548Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2549This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2550@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2551
2552@item lint
56caf160 2553Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2554
2555@item volatile
2556Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2557@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2558@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2559
2560
2561@node Target Architecture Definition
2562
2563@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2564
56caf160
EZ
2565@cindex target architecture definition
2566@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2567machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2568with them.
c906108c 2569
af6c57ea
AC
2570The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2571@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2572using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2573
70f80edf
JT
2574@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2575@cindex OS ABI variants
2576
2577@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2578ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2579variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2580components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2581
2582A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2583(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2584OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2585to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2586considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2587overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2588architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2589different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2590OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2591examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2592sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2593
2594@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2595A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2596selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2597for each BFD architecture.
2598
f4b3909f 2599The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2600
2601@table @code
2602
f4b3909f
EZ
2603@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2604@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2605Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2606
70f80edf
JT
2607@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2608@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2609The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2610settings for the architecture will be used.
2611
2612@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2613@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2614UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2615
2616@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2617@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2618GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2619
2620@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2621@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2622Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2623
2624@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2625@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2626OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2627
2628@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2629@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2630GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2631
2632@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2633@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2634FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2635
2636@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2637@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2638FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2639
2640@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2641@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2642NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2643
2644@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2645@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2646NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2647
2648@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2649@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2650OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2651
2652@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2653@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2654Windows CE.
70f80edf 2655
1029b7fa
MK
2656@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2657@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2658DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2659
f4b3909f
EZ
2660@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2661@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2662Irix.
2663
f4b3909f
EZ
2664@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2665@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2666Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2667
f4b3909f
EZ
2668@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2669@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2670HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2671
f4b3909f
EZ
2672@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2673@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2674HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2675
f4b3909f
EZ
2676@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2677@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2678QNX Neutrino.
2679
2680@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2681@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2682Cygwin.
2683
2684@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2685@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2686AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2687
2688@end table
2689
2690Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2691
2692@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2693Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2694@end deftypefun
2695
c133ab7a 2696@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2697Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2698architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2699@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2700machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2701will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2702@end deftypefun
2703
2704@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2705Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2706BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2707If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2708be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2709any architecture.
2710@end deftypefun
2711
2712@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2713Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2714The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2715be determined.
2716@end deftypefun
2717
2718@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2719Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2720@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2721corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2722architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2723with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2724@end deftypefun
2725
f4b3909f
EZ
2726@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2727Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2728@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2729from the note. This function should be called via
2730@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2731@end deftypefun
2732
7a107747
DJ
2733@section Initializing a New Architecture
2734
2735Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2736via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2737registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2738the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2739be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2740are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2741
2742The initialization function has this type:
2743
2744@smallexample
2745static struct gdbarch *
2746@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2747 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2748@end smallexample
2749
2750The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2751architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2752have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2753value.
2754
2755The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2756is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2757search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2758return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2759create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2760
2761Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2762architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2763defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2764However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2765so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2766defaults from @var{arches}.
2767
c906108c
SS
2768@section Registers and Memory
2769
56caf160
EZ
2770@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2771@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2772block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2773
56caf160
EZ
2774@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2775compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2776that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2777to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2778and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2779
25822942 2780@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2781
93e79dbd
JB
2782@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2783@cindex pointer representation
2784@cindex address representation
2785@cindex word-addressed machines
2786@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2787@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2788@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2789@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2790@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2791@cindex D10V addresses
2792
2793On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2794indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2795whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2796machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2797However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2798address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2799identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2800
172c2a43 2801For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2802instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2803actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2804jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2805full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2806If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2807then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2808However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2809low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2810zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2811the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2812refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2813code space.
2814
2815However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2816forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2817@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2818@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2819
2820(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2821affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2822going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2823
56caf160
EZ
2824To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2825one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2826byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2827of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2828@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2829@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2830@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2831and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2832
2833Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2834processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2835each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2836distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2837clean up some architecture-independent code.
2838
2839Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2840
2841@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2842Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2843@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2844appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2845@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2846@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2847inferior's.
2848
2849For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2850extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2851@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2852D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2853@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2854
2855If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2856will signal an internal error.
2857@end deftypefun
2858
2859@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2860Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2861pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2862@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2863inferior's.
2864
2865For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2866stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2867appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2868is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2869a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2870
2871If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2872will signal an internal error.
2873@end deftypefun
2874
f23631e4 2875@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2876Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2877as appropriate for the current architecture.
2878
2879This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2880For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2881described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2882@end deftypefun
2883
2884@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2885Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2886the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2887This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2888above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2889@end deftypefun
2890
93e79dbd
JB
2891Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2892relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2893definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2894simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2895
2896@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2897Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2898appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2899address the pointer refers to.
2900
2901This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2902C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2903@end deftypefn
2904
2905@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2906Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2907@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2908
2909This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2910C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2911@end deftypefn
2912
b5b0480a
KB
2913@section Address Classes
2914@cindex address classes
2915@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2916@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2917
2918Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2919via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2920define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2921distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2922info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2923address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2924following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2925types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2926a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2927
2928@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2929Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2930is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2931This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2932@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2933@end deftypefn
2934
2935@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2936Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2937its name.
2938@end deftypefn
2939@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 2940Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a
KB
2941for that address class qualifier.
2942@end deftypefn
2943
2944Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2945the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2946macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2947
2948Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
294932-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2950suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2951uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2952of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2953to implement the address class macros:
2954
2955@smallexample
2956somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2957 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2958@{
b5b0480a
KB
2959 if (byte_size == 2)
2960 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2961 else
2962 return 0;
f2abfe65 2963@}
b5b0480a
KB
2964
2965static char *
2966somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2967@{
b5b0480a
KB
2968 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2969 return "short";
2970 else
2971 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2972@}
b5b0480a
KB
2973
2974int
2975somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2976 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2977@{
b5b0480a 2978 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2979 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2980 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2981 return 1;
f2abfe65 2982 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2983 else
2984 return 0;
f2abfe65 2985@}
b5b0480a
KB
2986@end smallexample
2987
2988The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2989to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2990the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2991short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2992
2993@smallexample
2994(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2995type = int * @@short
2996@end smallexample
2997
93e79dbd 2998
13d01224
AC
2999@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3000@cindex raw register representation
3001@cindex virtual register representation
3002@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3003
3004@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3005functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3006pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3007Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3008Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3009Bug Tracking Database} and
3010@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3011up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3012
9fb4dd36
JB
3013Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3014register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3015In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3016the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3017used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3018
13d01224
AC
3019@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3020both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3021register forms.}
3022
9fb4dd36
JB
3023For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3024raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3025However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3026
3027@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3028@item
56caf160 3029The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3030we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3031floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3032are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3033allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3034type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3035arrangement is the virtual representation.
3036
3037@item
25822942
DB
3038Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3039registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3040bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3041raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3042virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3043@end itemize
3044
3045In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3046@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3047can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3048@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3049@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3050
56caf160
EZ
3051Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3052conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3053
3054@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3055Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3056and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3057
3058You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3059unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3060@end deftypefn
3061
12c266ea 3062@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3063The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3064of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3065remote protocol packet.
3066@end deftypefn
3067
f30992d4 3068@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3069The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3070This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3071register's value.
3072@end deftypefn
3073
2e092625 3074@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3075This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3076@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3077register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3078always uses the virtual form.
3079@end deftypefn
3080
3081@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3082Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3083should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3084at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3085convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3086
6f6ef15a
EZ
3087Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3088@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3089arguments in different orders.
3090
3091You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3092for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3093value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3094@end deftypefn
3095
3096@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3097Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3098should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3099at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3100convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3101
3102Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3103their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3104@end deftypefn
3105
3106
13d01224
AC
3107@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3108@cindex register representation
3109@cindex memory representation
3110@cindex representations, register and memory
3111@cindex register data formats, converting
3112@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3113
3114@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3115significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3116section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3117@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3118@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3119further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3120
3121Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3122form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3123For example:
3124
3125@itemize @bullet
3126
3127@item
3128The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3129floating-point registers.
3130
3131@item
3132The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3133@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3134when stored in a register.
3135
3136@end itemize
3137
3138In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3139the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3140the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3141Interface.
3142
3143For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3144representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3145However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3146following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3147representations of a data type:
3148
3149@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3150Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3151register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3152when stored in memory.
3153
3154When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3155@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3156@end deftypefn
3157
3158@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3159Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3160@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3161format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3162
3163Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3164their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3165
3166You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3167the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3168@end deftypefn
3169
3170@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3171Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3172raw format.
3173
3174Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3175their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3176
3177You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3178the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3179@end deftypefn
3180
3181@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3182See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3183@end deftypefn
3184
3185
c906108c
SS
3186@section Frame Interpretation
3187
3188@section Inferior Call Setup
3189
3190@section Compiler Characteristics
3191
3192@section Target Conditionals
3193
3194This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3195machine.
3196
3197@table @code
3198
c906108c 3199@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3200@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3201If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3202really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3203expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3204addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3205
3206For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32072.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3208instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3209boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3210address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3211bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3212
b5b0480a
KB
3213@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3214@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3215If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3216referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3217and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3218return 0.
3219
3220The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3221@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3222possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3223@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3224
3225@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3226@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3227Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3228has been defined.
3229
3230@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3231@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3232Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3233the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3234used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3235returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3236@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3237values or'd together.
3238@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3239
3240@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3241@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3242Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3243been defined.
3244
3245@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3246@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3247Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3248flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3249
3250@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3251@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3252Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3253been defined.
3254@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3255
93e79dbd 3256@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3257@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3258Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3259@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3260This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3261C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3262@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3263
c906108c 3264@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3265@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3266Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3267parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3268original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3269
c906108c 3270@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3271@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3272Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3273endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3274are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3275
3276@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3277@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3278This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3279memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3280instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3281pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3282longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3283
56caf160
EZ
3284@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3285@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3286
c906108c 3287@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3288@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3289@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3290@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3291Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3292
56caf160
EZ
3293@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3294favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3295
56caf160
EZ
3296@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3297@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3298@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3299contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3300a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3301length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3302counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3303breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3304
3305Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3306not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3307instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3308instruction of the architecture.
3309
7a292a7a
SS
3310Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3311
8181d85f
DJ
3312@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3313@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3314@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3315@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3316Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3317(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3318@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3319provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3320architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3321@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3322likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3323conventional manner.
3324
3325It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3326custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3327@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3328reason.
3329
1485d690
KB
3330@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3331@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3332@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3333Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3334address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3335breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3336
3337The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3338The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3339instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3340instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3341one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3342in parallel.
3343
3344In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3345from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3346information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3347refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3348if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3349statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3350instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3351(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3352in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3353at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3354
3355The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3356breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3357the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3358
3359Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3360expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3361is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3362
c906108c 3363@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3364@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3365See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3366
7043d8dc
AC
3367This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3368(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3369
56caf160
EZ
3370@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3371@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3372A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3373from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3374@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3375
56caf160
EZ
3376@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3377@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3378A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3379written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3380status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3381@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3382
13d01224
AC
3383@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3384@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3385Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3386non-standard form.
3387@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3388
c906108c 3389@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3390@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3391Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3392program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3393@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3394
56caf160
EZ
3395@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3396@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3397If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3398library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3399
5e74b15c 3400@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3401@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3402If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3403the processor's floating point unit.
3404
0ab7a791
AC
3405@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3406@findex print_registers_info
3407If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3408specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3409either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3410registers (@var{all} is zero).
3411
3412The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3413zero omits floating-point registers.
3414
e76f1f2e
AC
3415@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3416@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3417If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3418to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3419
3420By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3421registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3422
0dcedd82 3423@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3424@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3425Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3426no conversion will be performed.
3427
3428@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3429@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3430Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3431defined, no conversion will be performed.
3432
3433@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3434@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3435Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3436no conversion will be performed.
3437
c906108c 3438@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3439@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3440This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3441@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3442
56caf160
EZ
3443@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3444@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3445Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3446the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3447into @var{valbuf}.
3448
92ad9cd9
AC
3449This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3450(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3451
74055713
AC
3452@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3453@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3454@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3455When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3456register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3457its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3458
92ad9cd9 3459@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3460
74055713
AC
3461@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3462@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3463Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3464
0ba6dca9
AC
3465@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3466@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3467If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3468macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3469
0ba6dca9
AC
3470This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3471is not defined.
c906108c 3472
19772a2c
AC
3473@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3474@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3475Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3476represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3477Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3478
790eb8f5
AC
3479@item frame_align (@var{address})
3480@anchor{frame_align}
3481@findex frame_align
3482Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3483requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3484alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3485stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3486
3487This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3488the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3489value are correctly aligned.
3490
f27dd7fd
AC
3491Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3492address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3493
3494By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3495
8b148df9
AC
3496@item int frame_red_zone_size
3497
3498The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3499@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3500allocating extra stack space).
3501
3502When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3503modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3504@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3505stack.
3506
3507By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3508(@pxref{frame_align}).
3509
3510The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3511@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3512@cindex red zone
3513
618ce49f
AC
3514@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3515@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3516Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3517
618ce49f
AC
3518@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3519@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3520Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3521outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3522situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3523chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3524startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3525@code{_start}.
c906108c 3526
f30ee0bc
AC
3527@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3528@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3529See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3530current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3531@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3532@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3533@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3534
fb8f8949 3535@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3536
56caf160
EZ
3537@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3538@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3539For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3540are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3541@code{-1}.
c906108c 3542
8bedc050
AC
3543@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3544@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3545@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3546saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3547
3548This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3549
3550@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3551@findex unwind_pc
3552@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3553caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
d3e8051b 3554This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3555
3556The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3557is typically no more than:
3558
3559@smallexample
3560ULONGEST pc;
3561frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3562return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3563@end smallexample
3564
3565@noindent
8bedc050 3566@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3567
a9e5fdc2
AC
3568@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3569@findex unwind_sp
3570@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3571commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3572
3573The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3574is typically no more than:
3575
3576@smallexample
3577ULONGEST sp;
3578frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3579return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3580@end smallexample
3581
3582@noindent
3583@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3584
c906108c 3585@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3586@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3587For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3588function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3589@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3590function's epilogue.
3591
782263ab
AC
3592@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3593@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3594An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3595used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3596function's first genuine instruction.
3597
3598This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3599the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3600example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3601indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3602VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3603appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3604function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3605@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3606
c906108c 3607@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3608@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3609@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3610@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3611If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3612look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3613are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3614respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3615
25822942 3616@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3617@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3618If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3619within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3620
56caf160 3621This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3622definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3623a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3624defined.
3625
25822942 3626@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3627@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3628This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3629@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3630HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3631used instead.
c906108c 3632
c906108c 3633@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3634@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3635For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3636DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3637the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3638
56caf160
EZ
3639This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3640assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3641@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3642pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3643
ac2adee5
AC
3644@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3645@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3646Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3647@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3648
268e2188
AC
3649@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3650@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3651Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3652conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3653feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3654repenting at leisure.
3655
9742079a
EZ
3656@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3657An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3658support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3659
2df3850c 3660@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3661@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3662Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3663macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3664routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3665
3666On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3667@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3668routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3669
e9582e71
AC
3670@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3671@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3672If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3673stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3674is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3675
a5afb99f
AC
3676@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3677@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3678This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3679@var{prev}. [By default...]
3680
56caf160
EZ
3681@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3682@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3683Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3684stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3685the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3686stack grows upward.
3687
9e5abb06
CV
3688@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3689@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3690Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3691The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3692the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3693final `return from function call' instruction.
3694
aa2a3f87
AC
3695@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3696@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3697@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3698@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3699Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3700given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3701constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3702@var{pc}.
3703
56caf160
EZ
3704@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3705@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3706Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3707trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3708
56caf160
EZ
3709@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3710@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3711Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3712trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3713
56caf160
EZ
3714@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3715@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3716Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3717dynamic linker.
3718
56caf160
EZ
3719@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3720@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3721Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3722should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3723function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3724to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3725stepping will suffice.
3726
fc0c74b1
AC
3727@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3728@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3729@cindex converting integers to addresses
3730Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3731conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3732the current architectures conventions.
3733
3734@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3735their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3736@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3737computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3738major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3739other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3740conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3741out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3742to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3743disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3744method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3745@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3746
3747@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3748Addresses}.
3749
c906108c 3750@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3751@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3752(Specific to the a29k.)
3753
93e79dbd 3754@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3755@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3756Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3757appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3758address the pointer refers to.
3759@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3760
9fb4dd36 3761@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3762@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3763Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3764@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3765
3766@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3767@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3768Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3769@var{type}.
4281a42e 3770@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3771
12c266ea
AC
3772@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3773@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3774Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3775virtual type.
13d01224 3776@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3777
617073a9
AC
3778@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3779@findex register_reggroup_p
3780@cindex register groups
3781Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3782group @var{reggroup}.
3783
3784By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3785
3786@table @code
3787@item float_reggroup
3788Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3789@item vector_reggroup
3790Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3791@item general_reggroup
3792Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3793floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3794@item save_reggroup
3795@itemx restore_reggroup
3796@itemx all_reggroup
3797Any register with a valid name.
3798@end table
3799
f30992d4
AC
3800@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3801@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3802Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3803register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3804Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3805@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3806
2e092625 3807@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3808@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3809Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3810@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3811
77e7e267
AC
3812@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3813@findex register_type
3814If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3815supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3816Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3817
9fb4dd36 3818@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3819@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3820Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3821form.
13d01224 3822@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3823
3824@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3825@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3826Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3827form.
13d01224 3828@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3829
0ab4b752
MK
3830@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3831@findex regset_from_core_section
3832Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3833@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3834
b0ed3589 3835@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3836@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3837Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3838mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3839
d3e8051b 3840@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3841@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3842A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3843@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3844the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3845for examples.
3846
da59e081 3847@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3848@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3849Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3850debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3851them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3852address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3853linking faster.
3854
3855@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3856hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3857entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3858the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3859segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3860
3861@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3862
56caf160 3863@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3864@item
3865@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3866addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3867the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3868linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3869name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3870the address.
3871
3872@item
3873@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3874@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3875and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3876them.
da59e081
JM
3877@end itemize
3878
c906108c 3879@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3880@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3881If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3882counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3883
3884@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3885@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3886If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3887be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3888
3889This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3890@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3891
2df3850c 3892@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3893@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3894If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3895pushing them on the stack.
3896
a38c9fe6
MK
3897@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3898@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3899@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3900@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3901function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3902value.
3903
ee206350
AG
3904This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3905(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3906
c906108c 3907@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3908@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3909A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3910
3911@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3912@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3913(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3914
3915@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3916@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3917If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3918definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3919
749b82f6
AC
3920@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3921@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3922@findex frame_pop
3923If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
d3e8051b 3924method has been superseded by generic code.
c906108c 3925
d4b6d575 3926@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3927@findex push_dummy_call
3928@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3929@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3930the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3931@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3932@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3933
86fe4aaa 3934@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3935function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3936
b24da7d0 3937Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3938
3939This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3940
7043d8dc
AC
3941@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3942@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3943@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3944instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3945called function should return.
3946
3947Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3948should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3949the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3950
3951By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3952(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3953reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3954
434b87dd 3955This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3956@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3957
56caf160
EZ
3958@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3959@findex REGISTER_NAME
3960Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3961or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3962
8e823e25
MK
3963@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3964@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3965@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3966given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3967
3968This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3969(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3970
b24da7d0
AC
3971@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3972@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3973@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3974notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 3975passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0
AC
3976after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3977allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3978
c906108c 3979@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3980@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3981Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3982defined, no conversion will be done.
3983
963e2bb7 3984@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3985@findex gdbarch_return_value
3986@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3987type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3988would use.
3989
3990@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3991@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3992in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3993value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3994passed in as the function's first parameter.
3995
963e2bb7
AC
3996If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3997non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3998@var{regcache}.
3999
963e2bb7 4000If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4001non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4002@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4003just returned function).
4004
74055713 4005@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
4006return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
4007
4008@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4009store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4010the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4011@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4012instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4013return-value extract and store.}
4014
4015@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4016parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4017that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4018then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4019@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4020
4021@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4022to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4023@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4024limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4025
c2c6d25f 4026@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4027@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 4028Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4029steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4030re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4031hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4032doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4033state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4034macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4035of a branch or jump.
4036
56caf160
EZ
4037@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4038@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4039A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4040function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4041
56caf160
EZ
4042@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4043@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4044If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4045the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4046that is at the start of the real function.
4047
4048@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4049@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4050If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4051the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4052there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4053
4054@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4055@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4056Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4057declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4058done.
4059
f27dd7fd
AC
4060@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4061@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4062@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4063Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4064requirements for the processor's stack.
4065
4066Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4067upwards.
4068
4069By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4070
56caf160
EZ
4071@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4072@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4073Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4074delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4075slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4076normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4077
ebba8386 4078@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4079@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4080A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4081@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4082value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4083
92ad9cd9
AC
4084This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4085(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4086
c906108c 4087@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4088@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4089The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4090current sources.)
4091
c906108c 4092@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4093@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4094Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4095
c3d3ce5b
JB
4096@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4097@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4098Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4099it should be unsigned.
4100
4101The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4102equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4103character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4104Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4105on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4106
c906108c 4107@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4108@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4109Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4110
ac9a91a7
JM
4111At present this macro is not used.
4112
c906108c 4113@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4114@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4115Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4116
4117@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4118@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4119Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4120
ac9a91a7
JM
4121At present this macro is not used.
4122
c906108c 4123@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4124@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4125Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4126
4127@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4128@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4129Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4130
4131@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4132@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4133Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4134
4135@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4136@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4137Number of bits in a long double float;
4138defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4139
4140@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4141@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4142Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4143
4144@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4145@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4146Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4147
4148@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4149@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4150Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4151
4152@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4153@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4154@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4155@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4156@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4157@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4158@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4159@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4160@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4161@findex read_pc
4162@findex write_pc
4163@findex read_sp
56caf160 4164@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4165@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4166@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4167left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4168functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4169
4170These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4171hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4172in an ordinary register.
4173
a9e5fdc2
AC
4174@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4175
56caf160
EZ
4176@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4177@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4178Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4179pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4180are not used, a default definition simply returns
4181@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4182
9742079a
EZ
4183@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4184If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4185watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4186other related macros.
4187
7ccaa899
EZ
4188@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4189@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4190This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4191instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4192debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4193a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4194accessor function for the global pointer
4195@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4196the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4197@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4198@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4199decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4200
6314f104
AC
4201@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4202@findex unwind_dummy_id
4203@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4204frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4205frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4206previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4207@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4208
b5622e8d
AC
4209@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4210@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4211If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4212given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4213allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4214being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4215for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4216other compilers.
4217
92ad9cd9
AC
4218This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4219(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4220
13d01224
AC
4221@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4222@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4223Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4224@var{regnum}'s.
4225@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4226
56caf160
EZ
4227@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4228@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4229For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4230declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4231nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4232@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4233presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4234@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4235
56caf160
EZ
4236@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4237@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4238Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4239@end table
4240
4241Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4242
56caf160 4243@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4244@item BPT_VECTOR
4245Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4246not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4247
4248@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4249Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4250
4251@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4252@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4253A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4254allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4255
56caf160 4256@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4257
4258@section Adding a New Target
4259
56caf160 4260@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4261The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4262
4263@table @file
56caf160 4264@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4265@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4266Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4267object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4268@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4269the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4270tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4271
4272You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4273but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4274future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4275
c906108c
SS
4276@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4277Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4278some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4279@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4280as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4281function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4282and debug.
4283
af6c57ea
AC
4284@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4285@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4286This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4287processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4288@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4289the same processor.
4290
4291@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4292(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4293macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4294format and instructions.
4295
4296New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4297
c906108c
SS
4298@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4299This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4300processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4301@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4302same processor.
4303
af6c57ea
AC
4304New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4305
c906108c
SS
4306@end table
4307
4308If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4309@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4310facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4311instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4312that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4313@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4314
4315
3352e23e
AC
4316@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4317@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4318
4319This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4320an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4321
4322The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4323sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4324instance:
4325
4326@itemize @bullet
4327
4328@item
4329Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4330not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4331
4332@item
4333Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4334@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4335
4336@item
4337Enable multi-arch level one.
4338
4339@item
4340Delete one or more files.
4341
4342@end itemize
4343
4344@noindent
4345There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4346encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4347
4348Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4349and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4350obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4351@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4352process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4353expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4354needed.
4355
4356@subsection Preparation
4357
4358The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4359enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4360the debugger can be compared.
4361
4362At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4363with @option{-Werror}.
4364
4365@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4366
4367The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4368framework. It involves
4369
4370@itemize @bullet
4371
4372@item
4373The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4374above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4375has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4376the architecture:
4377@smallexample
4378static struct gdbarch *
4379d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4380 struct gdbarch_info info;
4381 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4382@{
4383 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4384 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4385 if (arches != NULL)
4386 return arches->gdbarch;
4387 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4388 return gdbarch;
4389@}
4390@end smallexample
4391@noindent
4392@emph{}
4393
4394@item
4395A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4396information:
4397@smallexample
4398static void
4399mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4400 struct ui_file *file)
4401@{
4402 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4403@}
4404@end smallexample
4405
4406@item
4407A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4408architecture:
4409@smallexample
4410void
4411_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4412@{
4413 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4414 mips_dump_tdep);
4415@end smallexample
4416
4417@item
4418Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4419@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4420
4421@end itemize
4422
4423@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4424
4425Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4426
4427@table @code
3352e23e 4428@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4429Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4430@end table
4431
4432@noindent
4433At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4434functions.
4435
4436@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4437
4438Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4439and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4440committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4441an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4442provided.
4443
4444Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4445
4446Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4447functions (patch(es)).
4448
4449Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4450architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4451!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4452
4453@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4454
4455Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4456single patch).
4457
4458Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4459already.
4460
4461@subsection Convert remaining macros
4462
4463Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4464architecture method) in small batches.
4465
4466@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4467
4468This should go smoothly.
4469
4470@subsection Delete the TM file
4471
4472The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4473@file{configure.in} updated.
4474
4475
123dc839
DJ
4476@node Target Descriptions
4477@chapter Target Descriptions
4478@cindex target descriptions
4479
4480The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4481contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4482some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4483instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4484@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4485more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4486directly.
4487
4488For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4489target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4490Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4491topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4492
4493@menu
4494* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4495* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4496@end menu
4497
4498@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4499@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4500@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4501
4502Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4503an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4504reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4505new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4506
4507A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4508@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4509@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4510the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
451164-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4512
4513If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4514incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4515@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4516architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4517new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4518a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4519of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4520properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4521see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4522
4523@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4524@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4525@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4526
4527Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4528instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4529specific routines to support this.
4530
4531A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4532set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4533with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4534responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4535everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4536mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4537standard registers.
4538
4539If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4540registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4541
4542@itemize @bullet
4543
4544@item
4545Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4546searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4547
4548@item
4549Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4550
4551@item
4552Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4553to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4554
4555@item
4556Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4557feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4558the description was incomplete.
4559
4560@item
4561Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4562is called.
4563
4564@item
4565Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4566fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4567
4568@item
4569Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4570returning it.
4571
4572@end itemize
4573
4574After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4575@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4576routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4577the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4578for any additional registers in the description.
4579
4580Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4581
4582@itemize @bullet
4583
4584@item
4585Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4586constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4587as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4588pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4589which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4590can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4591@code{num_regs} instead.
4592
4593@item
4594The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4595architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4596@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4597@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4598describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4599internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4600gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4601
4602@end itemize
4603
4604
c906108c
SS
4605@node Target Vector Definition
4606
4607@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4608@cindex target vector
c906108c 4609
56caf160
EZ
4610The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4611abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4612actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4613@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4614each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4615
52bb452f
DJ
4616@menu
4617* Managing Execution State::
4618* Existing Targets::
4619@end menu
4620
4621@node Managing Execution State
4622@section Managing Execution State
4623@cindex execution state
4624
4625A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4626stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4627manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4628inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4629active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4630when the target has exited or not yet started.
4631
4632For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4633not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4634accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4635program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4636remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4637are directed to the simulator.
4638
4639A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4640onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4641@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4642@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4643
4644A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4645still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4646@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4647call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4648in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4649after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4650time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4651@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4652@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4653@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4654@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4655target to inactive state.
4656
4657@node Existing Targets
4658@section Existing Targets
4659@cindex targets
4660
4661@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4662
4663Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4664
52bb452f 4665@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4666
56caf160
EZ
4667@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4668that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4669@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4670systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4671
56caf160
EZ
4672The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4673your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4674SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4675program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4676
4677The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4678@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4679
4680@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4681@item
4682%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4683
56caf160
EZ
4684@item
4685traps are disabled;
c906108c 4686
56caf160
EZ
4687@item
4688you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4689@end enumerate
4690
4691As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4692is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4693The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4694hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4695which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4696set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4697first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4698
4699For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4700``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4701and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4702controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4703trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4704do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4705of the debugger/stub.
4706
4707From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4708They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4709
52bb452f 4710@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4711
52bb452f 4712@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4713
52bb452f 4714@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4715
52bb452f 4716@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4717
4718
4719@node Native Debugging
4720
4721@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4722@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4723
25822942 4724Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4725
4726@table @file
56caf160 4727@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4728@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4729Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4730machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4731native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4732Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4733@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4734define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4735@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4736
7fd60527
AC
4737@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4738originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4739on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4740purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4741eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4742suffix.}
4743
c906108c 4744@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4745(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4746macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4747child process control and core file support.
4748
4749@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4750Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4751this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4752@end table
4753
4754There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4755various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4756defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4757the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4758@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4759
4760Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4761to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4762Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4763into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4764
4765@table @file
c906108c
SS
4766@item inftarg.c
4767This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4768processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4769
4770@item procfs.c
4771This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4772processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4773
4774@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4775This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4776and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4777
4778@item infptrace.c
4779This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4780the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4781@end table
4782
4783@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4784@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4785
4786@table @file
56caf160 4787@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4788@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4789Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4790@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4791files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4792just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4793@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4794
4795@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4796If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4797@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4798set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4799register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4800``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4801@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4802use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4803you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4804to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4805@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4806the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4807@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4808@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4809implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4810@end table
4811
25822942 4812When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4813possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4814code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4815@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4816machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4817(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4818@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4819exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4820modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4821section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4822segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4823information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4824sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4825section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4826standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4827around in.
4828
25822942 4829Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4830@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4831@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4832It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4833its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4834segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4835register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4836
4837If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4838format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4839reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4840
4841@section ptrace
4842
4843@section /proc
4844
4845@section win32
4846
4847@section shared libraries
4848
4849@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4850@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4851
56caf160
EZ
4852When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4853defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4854target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4855undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4856
1f6d4158
AC
4857@table @code
4858
c906108c 4859@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4860@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4861If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4862define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4863a read from the child.
4864
4865[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4866currently.]
4867
4868@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4869@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4870Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4871@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4872@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4873@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4874routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4875
c906108c 4876@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4877@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4878This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4879point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4880appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4881to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4882
4883@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4884@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4885For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4886DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4887@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4888
56caf160 4889This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4890assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4891@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4892pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4893
9742079a
EZ
4894@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4895An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4896support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4897
c906108c 4898@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4899@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4900Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4901struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4902needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4903addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4904On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4905
c906108c 4906@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4907@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4908Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4909runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4910root directory.
4911
4912@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4913@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4914Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4915user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4916
4917@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4918@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4919Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4920defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4921definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4922
c906108c 4923@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4924@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4925Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4926
4927@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4928@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4929If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4930inferior.
4931
4932@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4933@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4934If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4935Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4936
990f9fe3 4937@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4938@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4939Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4940@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4941@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4942processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4943
4944@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4945@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4946Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4947want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4948
4949@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4950@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4951When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4952twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4953the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4954number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4955expand into the number expected.
4956
c906108c 4957@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4958@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4959This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4960defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4961@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4962configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4963the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4964undefined.
4965
4966The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4967the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4968that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4969
4970@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4971@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4972See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4973
4974@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4975@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4976Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4977@end table
4978
4979
4980@node Support Libraries
4981
4982@chapter Support Libraries
4983
4984@section BFD
56caf160 4985@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4986
25822942 4987BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4988
4989@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4990@item identifying executable and core files
4991BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4992several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4993
4994@item access to sections of files
4995BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4996sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4997(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4998calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4999length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5000
5001@item specialized core file support
5002BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5003core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5004file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5005file.
5006
5007@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5008@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5009symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5010handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5011symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5012string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5013@end table
5014
5015@section opcodes
56caf160 5016@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5017
25822942 5018The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5019library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5020
5021@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5022@cindex readline library
5023The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5024that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5025
5026@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5027@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5028
5029The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5030that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5031systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5032groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5033environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5034a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5035functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5036beyond standard functions).
5037
5038@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5039library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5040floating format support functions, the input options parser
5041@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5042
5043@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5044@cindex @code{obstacks}
5045
5046The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5047chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5048like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5049allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5050@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5051@code{obstacks}).
5052
5053The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5054object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5055representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5056these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5057symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5058fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5059offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5060string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5061information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5062unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5063various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5064names of types.
5065
5066An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5067that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5068various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5069once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5070function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5071deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5072start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5073@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5074obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5075happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5076is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5077obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5078@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5079else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5080use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5081
5082Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5083under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5084longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5085when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5086new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5087
5088@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5089@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5090
5091Regex conditionals.
5092
5093@table @code
c906108c
SS
5094@item C_ALLOCA
5095
5096@item NFAILURES
5097
5098@item RE_NREGS
5099
5100@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5101
5102@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5103
5104@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5105
5106@item Sword
5107
5108@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5109@end table
5110
350da6ee
DJ
5111@section Array Containers
5112@cindex Array Containers
5113@cindex VEC
5114
5115Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5116objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5117and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5118and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5119inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5120Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5121
5122An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5123The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5124the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5125bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5126accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5127but implemented in C.
5128
5129Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5130and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5131these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5132pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5133stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5134dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5135object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5136elements are returned by value.
5137
5138There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5139returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5140variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5141the address-of can be optimized away.
5142
5143The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5144are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5145itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5146--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5147field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5148use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5149such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5150the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5151(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5152@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5153minimal space in the structure containing them.
5154
5155Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5156available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5157that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5158(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5159needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5160If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5161to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5162@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5163elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5164too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5165but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5166is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5167can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5168
5169You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
5170remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
5171in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5172operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5173There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5174ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5175@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5176into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5177@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5178the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5179
5180If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5181accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5182@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5183vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5184
5185Vector types are defined using a
5186@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5187type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5188characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5189@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5190(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5191awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5192check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5193@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5194that is not possible in plain C.
5195
5196An example of their use would be,
5197
5198@smallexample
5199DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5200
5201struct my_struct @{
5202 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5203@};
5204
5205struct my_struct *s;
5206
5207if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5208VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5209for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5210 @{ do something with elt @}
5211
5212@end smallexample
5213
5214The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5215accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5216
5217@table @code
5218@item VEC_length
5219Return the number of items in the array,
5220
5221@item VEC_empty
5222Return true if the array has no elements.
5223
5224@item VEC_last
5225@itemx VEC_index
5226Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5227
5228@item VEC_iterate
5229Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5230traversed.
5231
5232@item VEC_alloc
5233@itemx VEC_free
5234Create and destroy an array.
5235
5236@item VEC_embedded_size
5237@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5238Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5239
5240@item VEC_copy
5241Duplicate an array.
5242
5243@item VEC_space
5244Return the amount of free space in an array.
5245
5246@item VEC_reserve
5247Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5248
5249@item VEC_quick_push
5250@itemx VEC_safe_push
5251Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5252sure that it is.
5253
5254@item VEC_pop
5255Remove the last item from an array.
5256
5257@item VEC_truncate
5258Remove several items from the end of an array.
5259
5260@item VEC_safe_grow
5261Add several items to the end of an array.
5262
5263@item VEC_replace
5264Overwrite an item in the array.
5265
5266@item VEC_quick_insert
5267@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5268Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5269already exist, or the space is created.
5270
5271@item VEC_ordered_remove
5272@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5273Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5274
5275@item VEC_block_remove
5276Remove a set of items from the array.
5277
5278@item VEC_address
5279Provide the address of the first element.
5280
5281@item VEC_lower_bound
5282Binary search the array.
5283
5284@end table
5285
c906108c
SS
5286@section include
5287
5288@node Coding
5289
5290@chapter Coding
5291
5292This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5293algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5294
5295@section Cleanups
56caf160 5296@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5297
5298Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5299later.
c906108c 5300
cc1cb004
AC
5301When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5302@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5303the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5304cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5305and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5306is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5307cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5308created.
c906108c
SS
5309
5310Syntax:
5311
5312@table @code
c906108c
SS
5313@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5314Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5315
56caf160 5316@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5317@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5318Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5319@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5320handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5321@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5322@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5323from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5324
56caf160 5325@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5326@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5327Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5328@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5329
5330@findex discard_cleanups
5331@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5332Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5333the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5334@end table
5335
5336Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5337@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5338later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5339performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5340
474c8240 5341@smallexample
c906108c 5342make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5343@{
5344 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5345 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5346 ...
5347 do_cleanups (old);
5348@}
474c8240 5349@end smallexample
56caf160 5350
c906108c 5351@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5352will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5353cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5354be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5355
5356Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5357Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5358will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5359to two common cleanup styles.
5360
5361The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5362@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5363code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5364code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5365called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5366@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5367
474c8240 5368@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5369struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5370data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5371make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5372... blah blah ...
5373do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5374@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5375
5376The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5377@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5378any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5379code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5380an error:
5381
474c8240 5382@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5383FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5384struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5385... blah blah ...
5386discard_cleanups (old);
5387return file;
474c8240 5388@end smallexample
c906108c 5389
c1468174 5390Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5391that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5392means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5393interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5394functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5395@samp{longjmp} instead).
5396
ba8c9337
AC
5397@section Per-architecture module data
5398@cindex per-architecture module data
5399@cindex multi-arch data
5400@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5401
fc989b7a
AC
5402The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5403specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5404architecture object.
5405
5406A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5407
5408@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5409@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5410per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5411in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5412architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5413and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5414@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5415
fc989b7a
AC
5416@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5417@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5418per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5419always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5420initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5421per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5422other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5423create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5424@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5425
fc989b7a
AC
5426These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5427identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5428
fc989b7a 5429The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5430
fc989b7a
AC
5431@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5432Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5433@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5434or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5435current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5436pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5437corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5438@end deftypefun
5439
fc989b7a 5440The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5441
5442@smallexample
e7f16015 5443struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5444static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5445@end smallexample
5446
fc989b7a
AC
5447A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5448per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5449per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5450creation.
ba8c9337 5451
fc989b7a
AC
5452In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5453architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5454from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5455
5456@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5457static void *
5458nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5459@{
fc989b7a
AC
5460 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5461 return data;
5462@}
ba8c9337
AC
5463@end smallexample
5464
ba8c9337 5465@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5466extern void
5467set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5468@{
ba8c9337 5469 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5470 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5471@}
5472@end smallexample
5473
fc989b7a
AC
5474A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5475using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5476
fc989b7a
AC
5477In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5478@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5479architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5480
5481@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5482static void *
5483nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5484@{
fc989b7a
AC
5485 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5486 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5487 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5488@}
5489@end smallexample
5490
5491@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5492extern int
5493nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5494@{
fc989b7a
AC
5495 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5496 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5497@}
5498@end smallexample
5499
c906108c 5500@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5501@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5502
56caf160 5503@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5504Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5505or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5506added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5507routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5508exceeded.
5509
5510The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5511printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5512away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5513@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5514@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5515return!
5516
56caf160 5517It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5518space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5519indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5520the line wraps there.
5521
5522Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5523finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5524to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5525print warnings are a good example.
5526
25822942 5527@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5528@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5529
25822942 5530@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5531@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5532FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5533of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5534but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5535
56caf160
EZ
5536@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5537@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5538
af6c57ea 5539
b9aa90c9 5540@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5541
b9aa90c9
AC
5542@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5543compiler.
af6c57ea 5544
b9aa90c9 5545@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5546
5547
5548@subsection Memory Management
5549
5550@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5551@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5552
5553@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5554@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5555these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5556they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5557@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5558
5559@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5560memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5561behavior.}
5562
5563@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5564
5565@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5566memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5567free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5568
5569@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5570@code{NULL} pointer.}
5571
5572@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5573allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5574
5575@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5576restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5577
5578@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5579function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5580
5581@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5582functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5583errors.}
5584
5585
5586@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5587@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5588
aa79a185
DJ
5589With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5590@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5591are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5592building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5593
5594This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5595with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5596from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5597
5598The current list of warning flags includes:
5599
5600@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5601@item -Wall
5602Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5603
aa79a185 5604@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5605
aa79a185
DJ
5606@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5607code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5608
aa79a185 5609@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5610
aa79a185
DJ
5611@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5612Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5613might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5614Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5615@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5616but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5617
7be93b9e
JB
5618@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5619In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5620assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5621signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5622carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5623the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5624worth the time it would take.
5625
aa79a185
DJ
5626@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5627Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5628unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5629@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5630it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5631is being used.
5632
5633@item -Wno-unused
5634@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5635@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5636These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5637currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5638
aa79a185 5639@end table
c906108c
SS
5640
5641@subsection Formatting
5642
56caf160 5643@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5644The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5645strictly.
5646
af6c57ea
AC
5647A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5648function definition should have its name in column zero.
5649
474c8240 5650@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5651/* Declaration */
5652static void foo (void);
5653/* Definition */
5654void
5655foo (void)
5656@{
5657@}
474c8240 5658@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5659
5660@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5661be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5662
af6c57ea
AC
5663There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5664parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5665required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5666or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5667
5668While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5669more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5670after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5671whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5672for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5673
5674Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5675
474c8240 5676@smallexample
af6c57ea 5677void *foo;
474c8240 5678@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5679
5680@noindent
5681and not:
5682
474c8240 5683@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5684void * foo;
5685void* foo;
474c8240 5686@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5687
5688@subsection Comments
5689
56caf160 5690@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5691The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5692
af6c57ea
AC
5693Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5694@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5695
474c8240 5696@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5697/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5698 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5699 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5700 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5701 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5702@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5703
5704(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5705comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5706
5707Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5708variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5709
5710In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5711than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5712line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5713than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5714
5715@subsection C Usage
5716
56caf160 5717@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5718Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5719host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5720of evaluation of expressions.
5721
56caf160 5722@cindex function usage
c906108c 5723Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5724in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5725call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5726limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5727
5728However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5729are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5730
af6c57ea 5731@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5732(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5733protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5734
5735@cindex types
c906108c 5736
af6c57ea
AC
5737Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5738declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5739
5740
5741@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5742@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5743
5744Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5745a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5746argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5747function definition.
c906108c 5748
53a5351d
JM
5749All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5750callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5751be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5752visible to random source files.
c906108c 5753
af6c57ea
AC
5754Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5755that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5756
5757
5758@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5759
5760During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5761User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5762entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5763object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5764Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5765run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5766
5767When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5768@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5769
5770@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5771
5772@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5773the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5774@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5775error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5776
5777@subsection File Names
5778
5779Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5780case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5781unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5782
5783@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5784platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5785is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5786@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5787convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5788@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5789@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5790
5791Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5792of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5793
5794@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5795
5796When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5797@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5798@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5799independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5800the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5801should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5802programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5803
5804For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5805
5806
5807@subsection Include Files
5808
e2b28d04 5809A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5810
e2b28d04
AC
5811A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5812declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5813indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5814
e2b28d04
AC
5815A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5816declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5817indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5818be directly included.
af6c57ea 5819
e2b28d04 5820An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5821
e2b28d04
AC
5822An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5823Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5824pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5825
5826A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5827
5828An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5829files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5830@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5831
5832All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5833
474c8240 5834@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5835#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5836#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5837header body
5838#endif
474c8240 5839@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5840
c906108c 5841
dab11f21 5842@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5843
56caf160 5844@cindex design
c906108c 5845In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5846semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5847experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5848trouble.
5849
56caf160 5850@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5851You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5852(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5853must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5854@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5855such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5856
5857You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5858the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5859current @code{target_ops} vector.
5860
5861You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5862(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5863assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5864host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5865written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5866copyright problems.
5867
56caf160 5868@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5869Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5870to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5871systems.
5872
56caf160 5873@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5874New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5875or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5876for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5877features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5878has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5879often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5880predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5881time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5882with regard to this feature.
5883
5884Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5885target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5886
dab11f21
EZ
5887@cindex portable file name handling
5888@cindex file names, portability
5889One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5890creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5891assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5892a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5893directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5894necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5895system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5896name, use the following portable macros:
5897
5898@table @code
5899@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5900@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5901This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5902whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5903symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5904such hosts.
5905
5906@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5907@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5908Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5909character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5910such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5911pass.
5912
5913@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5914@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5915Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5916For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5917@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5918@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5919
5920@findex FILENAME_CMP
5921@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5922Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5923appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5924this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5925will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5926
5927@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5928@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5929Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5930@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5931This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5932
5933@findex SLASH_STRING
5934@item SLASH_STRING
5935This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5936absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5937@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5938@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5939@end table
5940
5941In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5942functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5943basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5944@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5945platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5946with @code{strrchr}.
5947
25822942
DB
5948Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5949attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5950multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5951by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5952well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5953something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5954using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5955@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5956current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5957is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5958implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5959attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5960formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5961
56caf160
EZ
5962Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5963the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5964@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5965something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5966consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5967with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5968file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5969radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5970
af6c57ea
AC
5971All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5972@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5973messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5974@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5975
c906108c 5976
8487521e 5977@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5978
25822942 5979@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5980@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5981
56caf160
EZ
5982Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5983specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5984dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5985hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5986@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5987name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5988@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5989
56caf160
EZ
5990@itemize @bullet
5991@item
c906108c
SS
5992In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5993@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5994vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5995@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5996@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5997running
5998
474c8240 5999@smallexample
c906108c 6000./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 6001@end smallexample
56caf160 6002
c906108c
SS
6003@noindent
6004and
56caf160 6005
474c8240 6006@smallexample
c906108c 6007./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 6008@end smallexample
56caf160 6009
c906108c
SS
6010@noindent
6011which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
6012and no error messages.
6013
56caf160 6014@noindent
c906108c
SS
6015You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
6016beyond the scope of this manual.
6017
56caf160 6018@item
25822942 6019To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
6020your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
6021desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
6022setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
6023@var{xyz}).
6024
7fd60527
AC
6025@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
6026@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
6027new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
6028Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
6029to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
6030changed again in the future.}
6031
56caf160 6032@item
25822942 6033Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
6034target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
6035configuration.
56caf160 6036@end itemize
c906108c 6037
d52fe014
AC
6038@node Versions and Branches
6039@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6040
d52fe014 6041@section Versions
8973da3a 6042
d52fe014
AC
6043@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6044@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6045
d52fe014
AC
6046@table @asis
6047@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6048@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6049an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6050@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6051a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
60526.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6053@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6054a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
60556.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6056@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6057a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6058@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6059may include additional changes
d52fe014 6060@end table
fb0ff88f 6061
d52fe014
AC
6062@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6063numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6064of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6065@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6066
53531fc1
AC
6067@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6068@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6069drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6070first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6071@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6072@var{patchlevel}.
6073
6074For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6075identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6076
6077@table @asis
6078@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6079drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6080@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6081@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6082drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
60836.1.90.20020304)
6084@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6085@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6086drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6087@end table
fb0ff88f 6088
d52fe014
AC
6089If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
60906.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6091here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6092
d52fe014
AC
6093@smallexample
6094 <HEAD>
6095 |
53531fc1 60966.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6097 |
53531fc1 6098 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6099 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6100 | |
53531fc1
AC
61016.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6102 | |
61036.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6104 | |
61056.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6106 | |
53531fc1
AC
61076.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6108 | |
61096.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6110 | |
61116.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6112 | |
61136.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6114 | |
61156.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6116 |
53531fc1 61176.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6118 |
53531fc1 6119 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6120 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6121 | |
61226.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6123 | |
d52fe014 6124@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6125
d52fe014
AC
6126@section Release Branches
6127@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6128
d52fe014
AC
6129@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6130single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6131branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6132
d52fe014
AC
6133@smallexample
6134gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6135gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6136gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6137@end smallexample
6138
6139@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6140release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6141date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6142branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6143
6144@section Vendor Branches
6145@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6146
6147To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6148@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6149(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6150its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6151Inc Patch 2)}.
6152
6153@section Experimental Branches
6154@cindex experimental branches
6155
6156@subsection Guidelines
6157
6158@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6159repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6160for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6161significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6162
d52fe014 6163The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6164
d52fe014
AC
6165@table @emph
6166
6167@item a branch has an owner
6168The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6169ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6170adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6171
6172@item all commits are posted
6173All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6174@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6175mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6176should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6177
6178@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6179This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6180and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6181
6182@item a branch is focused
6183A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6184unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6185be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6186
6187@item a branch tracks mainline
6188This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6189pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6190mainline.
6191
6192@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6193The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6194branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6195
6196@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6197The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6198the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6199@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6200
6201@end table
fb0ff88f 6202
d52fe014
AC
6203@subsection Tags
6204@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6205
d52fe014
AC
6206To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6207branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6208
d52fe014 6209@table @code
fb0ff88f 6210
d52fe014
AC
6211@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6212@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6213The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6214date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6215sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6216@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6217cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6218cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6219 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6220@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6221
d52fe014
AC
6222@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6223The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6224on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6225use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6226@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6227cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6228cvs update \
6229 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6230 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6231@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6232@noindent
6233Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6234merge.
6235
6236@end table
fb0ff88f 6237
d52fe014
AC
6238@noindent
6239For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6240@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6241
55f6ca0f
JB
6242@node Start of New Year Procedure
6243@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6244@cindex new year procedure
6245
6246At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6247
6248@itemize @bullet
6249@item
6250Rotate the ChangeLog file
6251
6252The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6253@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6254A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6255contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6256also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6257the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6258@smallexample
6259Local Variables:
6260mode: change-log
6261left-margin: 8
6262fill-column: 74
6263version-control: never
6264End:
6265@end smallexample
6266
7f893741
JB
6267@item
6268Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6269in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6270
55f6ca0f
JB
6271@item
6272Update the copyright year in the startup message
6273
6274Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6275@code{print_gdb_version}.
6276@end itemize
6277
d52fe014 6278@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6279
d52fe014
AC
6280@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6281@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6282
9bb0a4d8
AC
6283@section Branch Commit Policy
6284
6285The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
62865.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6287
6288@itemize @bullet
6289@item
6290The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6291@item
6292Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6293trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6294file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6295@item
6296When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6297Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6298when debugging a static binary?
6299@item
6300The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6301the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6302@item
6303Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6304sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6305@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6306@end itemize
6307
6308@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6309functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6310This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6311reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6312
6313
cbb09e6a 6314@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6315
8642bc8f 6316Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6317code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6318(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6319
8642bc8f 6320Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6321line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6322been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6323
cbb09e6a
AC
6324The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6325wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6326Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6327
cbb09e6a 6328@enumerate
8973da3a 6329@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6330Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6331list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6332recommended.
8973da3a 6333@item
cbb09e6a 6334Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6335@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6336Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6337Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6338@item
cbb09e6a 6339Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6340@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6341Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6342prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6343@item
6344Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6345released.
6346@item
6347Remove the obsolete code.
6348@end enumerate
6349
6350@noindent
6351@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6352hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6353helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6354or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6355the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6356hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6357
8973da3a 6358
9ae8b82c
AC
6359
6360@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6361
8642bc8f
AC
6362The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6363changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6364instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6365building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6366@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6367
9ae8b82c 6368@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6369
9ae8b82c
AC
6370People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6371something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6372script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6373
9ae8b82c 6374@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6375
9ae8b82c
AC
6376Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6377@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6378@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6379
6380@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6381
8642bc8f 6382A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6383
8642bc8f
AC
6384@itemize @bullet
6385@item
6386@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6387@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6388@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6389file)
6390@item
6391@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6392@end itemize
6393
9ae8b82c 6394@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6395
9ae8b82c
AC
6396@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6397(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6398conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6399of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6400regressions.
8642bc8f 6401
9ae8b82c 6402@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6403
9ae8b82c 6404Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6405
9ae8b82c 6406@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6407
9ae8b82c 6408The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6409
8642bc8f 6410
30107679 6411@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6412
30107679 6413@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6414
474c8240 6415@smallexample
30107679
AC
6416$ u=5.1
6417$ v=5.2
6418$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6419$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6420$ echo $u $V $D
64215.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6422$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6423-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6424cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6425-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6426$ ^echo ^^
6427...
6428$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6429-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6430cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6431-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6432$ ^echo ^^
6433...
8642bc8f 6434$
474c8240 6435@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6436
6437@itemize @bullet
6438@item
b247355e 6439By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6440date/time.
6441@item
b247355e 6442The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6443@item
b247355e 6444Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6445@item
b247355e 6446@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6447@item
b247355e 6448The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6449@end itemize
6450
6451@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6452
6453@smallexample
6454$ u=5.1
6455$ v=5.2
6456$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6457$ echo $u $v$V
64585.1 5_2
6459$ cd /tmp
6460$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6461-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6462cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6463 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6464$ ^echo ^^
6465U src/gdb/version.in
6466$ cd src/gdb
6467$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6468$ cat version.in
64695.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6470$ cvs -f commit version.in
6471@end smallexample
6472
6473@itemize @bullet
6474@item
6475@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6476mechanism.
30107679
AC
6477@item
6478@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6479initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6480@end itemize
6481
8642bc8f
AC
6482
6483@subheading Update the web and news pages
6484
30107679
AC
6485Something?
6486
8642bc8f
AC
6487@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6488
30107679
AC
6489The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6490This file needs to be updated so that:
6491
6492@itemize @bullet
6493@item
b247355e 6494A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6495@item
b247355e 6496The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6497@end itemize
6498
6499@noindent
6500See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6501cron table.
6502
6503The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6504any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6505snapshot directories.
6506
6507
6508@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6509
6510The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6511to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6512refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6513
6514The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6515current release.
6516
6517@subheading Post the branch info
6518
6519Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6520
6521@itemize @bullet
6522@item
6523@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6524@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6525@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6526@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6527@end itemize
30107679
AC
6528
6529@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6530ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6531list are alerted.}
6532
6533The announcement should include:
6534
6535@itemize @bullet
6536@item
b247355e 6537The branch tag.
30107679 6538@item
b247355e 6539How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6540@item
b247355e 6541The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6542@item
b247355e 6543The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6544@end itemize
30107679 6545
8642bc8f
AC
6546@section Stabilize the branch
6547
6548Something goes here.
6549
6550@section Create a Release
6551
0816590b
AC
6552The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6553down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6554process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6555process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6556
0816590b
AC
6557When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6558
6559@subsection Create a release candidate
6560
6561The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6562made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6563candidate).
6564
6565@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6566
6567Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6568@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6569
6570@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6571
474c8240 6572@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6573$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6574$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6575$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6576$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6577/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6578$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6579$ cd $t/$b/$v
6580$ pwd
0816590b 6581/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6582$ which autoconf
6583/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6584$
474c8240 6585@end smallexample
8973da3a 6586
0816590b
AC
6587@noindent
6588Notes:
8973da3a 6589
0816590b
AC
6590@itemize @bullet
6591@item
6592Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6593version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6594found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6595unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6596@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6597@end itemize
6598
6599@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6600
474c8240 6601@smallexample
b247355e 6602$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6603do
8973da3a
AC
6604( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6605done
8642bc8f 6606$
474c8240 6607@end smallexample
8973da3a 6608
0816590b
AC
6609@noindent
6610Note:
8642bc8f 6611
0816590b
AC
6612@itemize @bullet
6613@item
6614The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6615any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6616@code{cvs} really does.
6617@end itemize
6618
6619@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6620
0816590b
AC
6621@table @file
6622
6623@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6624
6625Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6626releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6627
0816590b 6628Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6629
474c8240 6630@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6631$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6632...
6633c-x 4 a
6634...
6635c-x c-s c-x c-c
6636$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6637$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6638@end smallexample
8973da3a 6639
0816590b
AC
6640@item gdb/README
6641
6642You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6643
0816590b
AC
6644@itemize @bullet
6645@item
b247355e 6646The version.
0816590b 6647@item
b247355e 6648The update date.
0816590b 6649@item
b247355e 6650Who did it.
0816590b 6651@end itemize
8973da3a 6652
474c8240 6653@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6654$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6655...
8973da3a 6656c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6657...
8973da3a 6658c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6659$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6660$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6661@end smallexample
8973da3a 6662
0816590b
AC
6663@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6664before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6665to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6666
8642bc8f
AC
6667@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6668@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6669pursuing.}
8973da3a 6670
0816590b 6671@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6672
474c8240 6673@smallexample
8642bc8f 6674$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6675$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
66765.2
8642bc8f 6677$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6678...
6679c-x 4 a
0816590b 6680... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6681c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6682$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6683$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6684@end smallexample
8973da3a 6685
0816590b
AC
6686@end table
6687
6688@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6689
6690This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6691
4ce8657e
MC
6692@smallexample
6693$ for m in gdb insight
6694do
6695( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6696done
4ce8657e
MC
6697@end smallexample
6698
6699If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6700(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6701
474c8240 6702@smallexample
0816590b 6703$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6704do
0816590b 6705( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6706done
474c8240 6707@end smallexample
8973da3a 6708
0816590b 6709@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6710
0816590b 6711You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6712@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6713for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6714
474c8240 6715@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6716$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6717M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6718? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6719? proto-toplev
0816590b 6720@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6721M gdb/ChangeLog
6722M gdb/NEWS
6723M gdb/README
6724M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6725@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6726$
474c8240 6727@end smallexample
8973da3a 6728
0816590b 6729@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6730@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6731@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6732was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6733didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6734
0816590b 6735@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6736
474c8240 6737@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6738$ cp */src/*.tar .
6739$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6740$ ls -F
b247355e 6741gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6742$ for m in gdb insight
6743do
6744bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6745gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6746done
6747$
474c8240 6748@end smallexample
8973da3a 6749
0816590b
AC
6750@noindent
6751Note:
6752
6753@itemize @bullet
6754@item
6755A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6756in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6757can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6758process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6759@end itemize
6760
6761@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6762
0816590b 6763Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6764
0816590b
AC
6765@smallexample
6766$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6767$ cd gdb-5.2
6768$ ./configure
6769$ make
6770@dots{}
6771$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6772GNU gdb 5.2
6773@dots{}
6774(gdb) b main
6775Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6776(gdb) run
6777Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6778
6779Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6780734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6781(gdb) print args
6782$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6783(gdb)
6784@end smallexample
8973da3a 6785
0816590b 6786@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6787
0816590b 6788If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6789
0816590b
AC
6790@enumerate
6791@item
6792Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6793@item
6794Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6795@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6796process can restart.
6797@item
6798Make the release candidate available in
6799@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6800@item
6801Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6802@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6803@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6804
0816590b 6805@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6806
0816590b 6807(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6808
0816590b 6809@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6810
0816590b 6811Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6812
474c8240 6813@smallexample
0816590b 6814$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6815$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6816@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6817
0816590b
AC
6818@noindent
6819Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6820are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6821
6822@smallexample
6823$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6824$ rm @dots{}
6825@end smallexample
6826
6827@noindent
6828Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6829directory:
6830
6831@smallexample
6832$ vi README
6833@dots{}
6834$ rm -f .message
6835$ ln README .message
6836@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6837
0816590b 6838@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6839
0816590b
AC
6840@table @file
6841
6842@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6843This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6844@itemize @bullet
6845@item
b247355e 6846General announcement.
8642bc8f 6847@item
0816590b
AC
6848News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6849earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6850@item
b247355e 6851Errata.
0816590b
AC
6852@end itemize
6853
6854@item htdocs/index.html
6855@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6856@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6857These files include:
6858@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6859@item
b247355e 6860Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6861@item
b247355e 6862News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6863@end itemize
0816590b 6864These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6865
0816590b 6866@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6867You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6868docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6869from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6870Something like:
6871
474c8240 6872@smallexample
8642bc8f 6873$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6874 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6875 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6876 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6877 gdb
474c8240 6878@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6879
0816590b
AC
6880@item download/ari/
6881Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6882
0816590b
AC
6883@smallexample
6884$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6885 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6886 $PWD/www \
6887 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6888 gdb
6889@end smallexample
6890
6891@end table
6892
6893@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6894
6895Something goes here.
6896
6897
6898@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6899
6900At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6901@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6902
6903@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6904
6905Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6906
6907@itemize @bullet
6908@item
6909@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6910@item
0816590b
AC
6911@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6912day or so to let things get out)
6913@item
6914@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6915@end itemize
6916
0816590b 6917@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6918
0816590b 6919The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6920
0816590b 6921@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6922
0816590b 6923In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6924
6925@itemize @bullet
6926@item
6927@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6928@item
6929@file{gdb/version.in}
6930@item
6931@file{gdb/NEWS}
6932@item
6933@file{gdb/README}
6934@end itemize
6935
0816590b 6936@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6937
6938Something like:
6939
474c8240 6940@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6941$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6942$ echo $d
69432002-01-24
6944$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6945$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6946@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6947
0816590b 6948Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6949@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6950
6951@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6952
0816590b
AC
6953Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6954indicates when the release was made.
6955
6956@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6957
6958If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6959@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6960committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6961@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6962is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6963
6964Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6965
0816590b 6966@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6967
8642bc8f
AC
6968The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6969trunk.
8973da3a 6970
0816590b
AC
6971@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6972
6973Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6974Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6975generated by running:
6976
6977@smallexample
6978$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6979@end smallexample
6980
6981@noindent
6982The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6983of the most recent release.
6984
6985Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6986
8642bc8f 6987@section Post release
8973da3a 6988
8642bc8f 6989Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6990
085dd6e6
JM
6991@node Testsuite
6992
6993@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6994@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6995
56caf160
EZ
6996The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6997While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6998this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6999the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7000to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7001
b247355e
NR
7002The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7003tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7004runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7005
7006@section Using the Testsuite
7007
56caf160 7008@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7009To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7010testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7011environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7012the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7013and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7014finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7015
474c8240 7016@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7017 === gdb Summary ===
7018
7019# of expected passes 6016
7020# of unexpected failures 58
7021# of unexpected successes 5
7022# of expected failures 183
7023# of unresolved testcases 3
7024# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7025@end smallexample
56caf160 7026
a9f158ec
JB
7027To run a specific test script, type:
7028@example
7029make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7030@end example
7031where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7032spaces.
7033
085dd6e6
JM
7034The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7035conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7036real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7037failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7038hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7039everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7040being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7041lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7042Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7043reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7044catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7045program.
7046
7047When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7048testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7049regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7050run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7051compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7052testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7053options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7054host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7055mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7056
7057If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7058tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7059and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7060Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7061failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7062difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7063in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7064tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7065
e7dc800a
MC
7066DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7067some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7068the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7069will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7070
7071@smallexample
7072UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7073@end smallexample
7074
085dd6e6
JM
7075@section Testsuite Organization
7076
56caf160 7077@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7078The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7079testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7080and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7081handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7082@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7083all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7084configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7085definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7086
7087The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7088subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7089with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7090in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7091get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7092
7093The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7094are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7095located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7096execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7097intelligibility.
7098
56caf160 7099@table @file
085dd6e6 7100@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7101This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7102configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7103The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7104ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7105for prototypes).
7106
7107@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7108Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7109@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7110
7111@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7112Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7113(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7114HP-UX.
7115
7116@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7117Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
71181999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7119couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7120imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7121extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7122
7123@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7124Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7125instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7126@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7127@end table
7128
7129@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7130@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7131
25822942 7132In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7133should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7134
7135You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7136includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7137However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7138instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7139calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7140
7141Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
7142necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
7143a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
7144@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
7145prompts.
7146
7147Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
7148On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
7149spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
7150
7151The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7152style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7153styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7154instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7155never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7156uniformly.
7157
c906108c
SS
7158@node Hints
7159
7160@chapter Hints
7161
7162Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7163appear anywhere else in the directory.
7164
7165@menu
25822942 7166* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7167* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7168@end menu
7169
7170@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7171
7172@section Getting Started
7173
25822942 7174@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7175work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7176know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7177
25822942
DB
7178This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7179generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7180
7181Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7182comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7183function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7184explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7185free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7186out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7187actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7188
7189Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7190native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7191repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7192macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7193default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7194also documents all the available macros.
7195@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7196@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7197@c Conditionals})
7198
56caf160
EZ
7199Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7200@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7201@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7202code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7203
7204You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7205enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7206language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7207the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7208and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7209are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7210approach.
7211
25822942 7212Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7213specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7214function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7215will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7216calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7217(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7218called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7219functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7220one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7221structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7222the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7223look like.
7224
7225Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7226code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7227principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7228else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7229rather than worrying about all its details.
7230
56caf160
EZ
7231@cindex command implementation
7232A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7233a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7234single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7235@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7236via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7237which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7238the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7239@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7240command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7241display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7242not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7243tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7244breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7245
7246@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7247If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7248on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7249wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7250@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7251Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7252
33e16fad 7253@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7254
25822942 7255@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7256@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7257
25822942 7258If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7259fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7260Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7261debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7262./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7263@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7264
25822942 7265When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7266@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7267gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7268in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7269gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7270
7271If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7272you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7273routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7274@kbd{M-.}
7275
25822942 7276Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7277have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7278
7279@section Submitting Patches
7280
56caf160 7281@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7282Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7283@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7284Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7285changes.
7286
25822942
DB
7287The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7288This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7289
7290If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7291or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7292with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7293
56caf160 7294@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7295The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7296copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7297of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7298standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7299and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7300owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7301changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7302etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7303contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7304bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7305this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7306since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7307
7308Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7309feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7310Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7311header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7312each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7313needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7314@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7315single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7316
7317In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7318sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7319If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7320out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7321
9e0b60a8
JM
7322The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7323install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7324or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7325will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7326The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7327the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7328being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7329tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7330the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7331acceptable.
7332
7333If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7334of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7335installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7336reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7337complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7338they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7339permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7340be for quite some time.
c906108c 7341
56caf160 7342Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7343@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7344
7345@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7346@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7347
25822942 7348Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7349configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7350should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7351
7352@table @code
c906108c
SS
7353@item STACK_END_ADDR
7354This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7355in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7356core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7357gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7358files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7359and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7360
7361Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7362is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7363
c906108c
SS
7364@end table
7365
bcd7e15f 7366@include observer.texi
2154891a 7367@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7368@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7369@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7370
56caf160
EZ
7371@node Index
7372@unnumbered Index
7373
7374@printindex cp
7375
c906108c 7376@bye
This page took 0.966294 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.